1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
72 #include "xsettings.h"
74 #include "sysselect.h"
77 #include <X11/Shell.h>
85 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
90 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
94 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
96 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
97 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
99 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
101 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
102 #if defined USE_MOTIF
103 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
104 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
105 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
111 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
112 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
114 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
116 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
117 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
118 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
119 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
121 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
125 #ifndef XtNinitialState
126 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
130 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
136 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
140 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
143 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
146 static bool any_help_event_p
;
148 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
151 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
153 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
154 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
155 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
156 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
158 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
160 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
162 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
164 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
169 } pending_event_wait
;
172 /* The application context for Xt use. */
173 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
174 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
176 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
178 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
179 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
181 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
182 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
183 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
185 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
189 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
190 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
191 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
192 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
194 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
196 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
197 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
198 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
199 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
200 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
201 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
202 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
203 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
204 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
207 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
209 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
210 static struct frame
*last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
212 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
214 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
215 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
218 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
219 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
222 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
224 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
225 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
226 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
227 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
228 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
229 it's somewhat accurate. */
231 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
233 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
236 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
238 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
240 static int x_noop_count
;
242 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
244 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
245 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
248 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
249 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
251 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
252 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
255 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
256 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
260 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
265 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
266 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
267 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
268 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
270 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
271 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
272 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
274 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
275 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
276 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
277 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
278 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
281 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
282 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
283 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
284 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
285 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
286 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
287 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
288 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
289 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
290 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
291 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
292 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
293 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
294 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
295 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
296 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
297 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
298 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
299 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
300 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
301 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
302 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
303 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
304 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
306 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
307 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
308 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
309 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
310 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
311 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
312 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
313 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
314 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
316 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
317 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
318 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
319 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
320 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
321 int *, struct input_event
*);
323 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
325 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
326 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
327 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
328 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
329 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
330 static void x_initialize (void);
333 /* Flush display of frame F. */
336 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
338 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
339 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
340 connection may be broken. */
341 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
345 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
350 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
351 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
352 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
353 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
354 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
357 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
360 /***********************************************************************
362 ***********************************************************************/
366 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
367 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
375 struct record event_record
[100];
377 int event_record_index
;
380 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
382 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
383 event_record_index
= 0;
385 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
386 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
387 event_record_index
++;
394 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
396 struct x_display_info
*
397 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
399 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
401 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
402 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
409 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
411 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
412 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
413 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
415 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
419 unsigned int nchildren
;
422 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
429 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
432 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
434 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
435 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
436 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
438 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
442 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
447 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
448 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
449 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
450 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
454 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
456 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
459 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
461 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
463 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
464 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
465 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
466 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
468 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
470 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
471 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
472 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
474 /* return unless necessary */
479 unsigned long n
, left
;
481 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
482 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
483 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
486 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
488 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
498 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
499 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
500 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
505 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
507 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
511 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
513 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
517 /***********************************************************************
518 Starting and ending an update
519 ***********************************************************************/
521 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
522 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
523 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
524 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
525 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
528 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
534 /* Start update of window W. */
537 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
539 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
540 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
542 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
546 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
548 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
549 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
551 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
553 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
554 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
561 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
564 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
566 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
569 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
571 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
574 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
575 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
578 /* End update of window W.
580 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
581 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
583 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
584 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
585 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
587 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
588 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
592 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
593 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
595 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
600 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
601 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
602 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
604 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
605 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
610 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
611 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
612 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
613 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
617 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
621 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
623 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
624 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
628 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
634 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
635 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
638 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
641 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
645 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
646 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
647 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
648 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
649 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
652 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
659 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
660 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
679 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
680 0, y
, width
, height
);
681 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
682 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
689 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
691 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
692 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
693 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
694 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
695 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
697 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
698 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
702 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
704 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
705 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
706 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
707 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
709 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
711 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
713 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
714 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
715 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
716 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
717 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
718 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
719 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
720 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
722 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
726 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
727 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
728 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
732 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
733 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
734 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
735 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
739 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
741 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
742 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
744 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
749 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
751 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
752 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
754 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
755 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
760 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
761 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
764 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
770 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
771 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
775 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
777 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
779 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
781 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
783 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
784 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
786 face
->background
, depth
);
790 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
791 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
794 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
795 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
796 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
797 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
800 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
801 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
802 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
806 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
807 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
808 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
812 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
815 /***********************************************************************
817 ***********************************************************************/
821 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
822 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
823 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
824 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
825 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
826 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
827 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
828 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
829 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
830 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
831 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
832 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
833 unsigned long *, double, int);
834 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
835 double, int, unsigned long);
836 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
837 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
838 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
839 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
840 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
841 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
843 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
844 int, int, int, int, int, int,
846 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
847 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
848 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
851 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
855 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
859 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
861 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
862 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
863 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
865 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
868 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
872 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
873 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
875 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
876 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
877 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
878 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
879 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
880 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
881 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
883 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
884 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
885 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
887 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
888 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
891 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
892 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
893 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
895 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
896 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
899 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
900 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
902 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
907 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
910 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
915 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
916 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
917 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
919 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
921 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
922 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
924 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
925 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
926 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
928 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
932 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
937 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
938 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
939 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
940 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
942 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
943 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
946 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
947 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
949 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
952 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
956 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
957 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
958 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
961 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
967 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
968 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
972 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
974 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
976 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
979 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
981 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
983 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
984 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
986 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
991 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
993 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
994 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
996 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
997 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1000 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1004 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1005 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1008 /* GC must have been set. */
1009 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1013 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1014 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1017 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1019 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1020 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1023 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1028 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1029 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1033 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1038 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1040 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1043 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1048 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1051 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1054 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1055 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1057 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1059 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1061 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1062 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1065 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1066 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1067 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1071 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1073 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1075 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1076 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1077 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1081 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1082 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1087 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1090 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1093 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1094 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1095 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1096 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1100 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1101 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1102 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1103 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1104 contains the first component of a composition. */
1107 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1109 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1110 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1111 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1113 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1117 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1118 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1119 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1120 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1121 s
->background_width
,
1122 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1123 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1124 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1126 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1127 || s
->font_not_found_p
1128 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1131 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1132 s
->background_width
,
1133 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1134 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1140 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1143 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1147 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1148 of S to the right of that box line. */
1149 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1150 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1151 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1155 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1157 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1159 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1161 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1162 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1163 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1165 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1170 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1171 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1174 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1175 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1177 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1179 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1180 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1182 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1183 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1184 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1188 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1191 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1194 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1196 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1197 of S to the right of that box line. */
1198 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1199 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1200 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1204 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1205 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1206 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1207 this composition. */
1209 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1210 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1211 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1213 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1214 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1215 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1217 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1221 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1222 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1223 space on the left or right. */
1224 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1226 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1227 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1229 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1230 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1231 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1236 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1241 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1243 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1244 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1245 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1248 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1252 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1253 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1254 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1257 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1258 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1259 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1260 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1261 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1262 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1270 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1271 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1272 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1278 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1281 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1283 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1287 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1288 of S to the right of that box line. */
1289 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1290 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1291 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1297 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1299 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1300 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1302 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1305 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1306 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1310 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1311 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1312 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1313 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1314 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1315 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1318 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1320 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1321 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1322 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1328 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1331 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1332 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1334 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1335 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1337 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1338 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1339 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1341 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1342 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1343 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1346 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1347 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1348 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1349 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1350 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1351 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1355 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1359 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1360 cannot be determined. */
1362 static struct frame
*
1363 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1365 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1366 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1369 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1371 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1372 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1373 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1374 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1375 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1376 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1378 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1379 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1380 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1384 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1385 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1386 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1392 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1393 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1394 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1395 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1396 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1397 Value is true if successful. */
1400 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1401 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1403 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1404 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1407 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1410 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1411 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1413 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1415 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1417 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1422 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1423 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1425 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1428 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1430 DPY is the display we are working on.
1432 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1433 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1434 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1435 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1437 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1438 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1440 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1441 we allocated the color or not.
1443 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1446 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1447 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1448 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1458 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1459 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1461 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1465 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1466 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1467 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1469 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1471 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1472 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1474 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1476 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1477 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1479 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1480 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1482 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1483 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1488 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1490 params
[0] = color_name
;
1491 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1492 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1493 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1498 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1500 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1502 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1506 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1510 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1511 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1514 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1519 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1520 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1521 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1523 APP is the application context in which we work.
1525 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1526 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1527 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1529 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1532 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1537 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1539 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1542 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1544 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1545 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1546 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1547 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1548 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1553 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1556 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1557 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1558 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1559 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1561 static const XColor
*
1562 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1566 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1568 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1569 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1572 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1573 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1574 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1576 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1577 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1579 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1580 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1583 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1584 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1588 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1589 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1592 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1594 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1596 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1599 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1601 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1602 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1603 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1604 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1608 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1612 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1613 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1616 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1618 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1622 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1623 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1624 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1628 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1632 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1635 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1636 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1637 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1638 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1640 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1641 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1642 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1644 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1646 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1648 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1649 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1650 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1651 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1653 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1656 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1660 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1661 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1662 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1663 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1667 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1668 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1669 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1670 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1671 XColor
*cached_color
;
1673 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1674 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1675 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1676 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1677 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1679 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1680 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1681 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1685 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1687 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1688 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1694 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1695 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1696 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1700 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1702 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1703 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1707 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1708 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1709 get color reference counts right. */
1712 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1716 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1718 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1719 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1721 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1722 register_color (pixel
);
1728 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1731 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1732 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1733 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1734 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1735 use an additional additive factor.
1737 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1738 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1739 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1742 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1743 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1744 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1745 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1746 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1747 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1750 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1756 /* Get RGB color values. */
1757 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1758 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1760 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1761 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1762 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1763 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1764 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1766 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1767 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1769 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1770 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1771 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1772 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1773 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1775 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1776 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1777 /* The additive adjustment. */
1778 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1782 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1783 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1784 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1788 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1789 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1790 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1794 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1795 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1798 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1800 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1801 delta to the RGB values. */
1802 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1804 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1805 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1806 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1807 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1818 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1819 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1820 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1821 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1822 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1823 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1826 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1829 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1830 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1831 unsigned long pixel
;
1832 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1833 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1834 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1835 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1837 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1838 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1840 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1841 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1842 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1844 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1846 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1847 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1850 /* Allocate new color. */
1851 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1853 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1854 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1856 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1857 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1860 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1862 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1864 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1867 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1871 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1874 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1876 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1877 unsigned long color
;
1879 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1880 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1881 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1883 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1884 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1889 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1890 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1891 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1894 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1895 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1897 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1898 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1899 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1900 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1901 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1906 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1907 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1908 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1909 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1910 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1911 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1915 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1916 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1917 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1918 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1920 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1921 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1926 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1928 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1929 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1931 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1932 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1933 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1940 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1941 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1942 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1944 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1945 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1946 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1947 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1954 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1956 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1957 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1959 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1960 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1961 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1962 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1965 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1967 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1969 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1970 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1974 /* Outermost top line. */
1976 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1977 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1978 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1980 /* Outermost left line. */
1982 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1988 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1989 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1990 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1991 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1992 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1993 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1994 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2000 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2001 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2002 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2003 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2004 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2005 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2008 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2012 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2013 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2014 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2015 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2016 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2017 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2020 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2021 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2022 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2026 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2027 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2028 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2031 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2032 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2036 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2037 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2040 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2041 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2045 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2046 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2048 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2049 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2053 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2056 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2058 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2059 int left_p
, right_p
;
2060 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2061 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2063 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2064 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2065 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2067 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2068 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2070 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2072 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2073 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2075 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2077 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2079 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2081 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2082 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2084 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2085 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2086 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2088 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2090 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2092 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2093 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2094 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2097 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2098 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2099 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2104 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2107 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2110 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2112 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2113 right of that line. */
2114 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2115 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2117 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2119 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2121 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2122 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2123 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2124 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2130 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2131 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2132 trust on the shape extension to be available
2133 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2135 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2138 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2140 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2141 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2142 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2143 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2144 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2146 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2149 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2150 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2151 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2152 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2153 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2154 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2158 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2160 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2163 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2164 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2165 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2166 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2167 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2168 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2170 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2171 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2172 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2173 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2174 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2175 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2176 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2178 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2179 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2180 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2181 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2182 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2187 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2188 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2189 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2193 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2196 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2198 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2201 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2203 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2204 right of that line. */
2205 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2206 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2208 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2210 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2212 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2213 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2214 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2215 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2217 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2218 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2220 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2221 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2225 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2226 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2229 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2230 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2231 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2233 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2234 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2235 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2236 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2237 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2238 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2239 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2240 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2242 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2243 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2244 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2245 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2249 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2252 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2255 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2257 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2258 right of that line. */
2259 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2260 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2262 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2264 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2266 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2267 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2268 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2269 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2275 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2276 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2277 trust on the shape extension to be available
2278 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2280 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2284 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2285 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2286 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2287 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2288 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2290 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2291 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2292 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2293 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2297 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2298 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2299 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2301 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2302 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2303 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2304 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2305 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2306 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2307 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2309 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2310 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2311 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2312 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2317 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2318 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2319 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2323 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2324 give the rectangle to draw. */
2327 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2331 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2332 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2333 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2334 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2337 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2341 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2344 s->x +-------------------------
2347 | +-------------------------
2350 | | +-------------------
2356 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2358 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2359 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2361 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2364 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2365 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2366 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2367 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2369 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2370 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2372 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2373 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2377 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2378 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2382 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2383 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2384 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2385 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2386 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2388 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2389 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2390 s
->background_width
,
2393 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2395 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2397 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2400 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2401 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2402 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2403 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2404 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2405 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2406 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2411 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2413 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2414 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2415 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2416 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2424 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2426 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2428 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2429 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2431 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2434 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2437 /* Draw the foreground. */
2440 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2441 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2442 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2443 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2444 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2447 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2449 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2451 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2452 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2453 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2457 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2460 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2462 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2464 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2465 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2467 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2468 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2469 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2472 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2474 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2478 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2484 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2486 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2488 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2489 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2490 x
+= background_width
;
2492 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2493 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2497 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2499 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2500 if (width
< background_width
)
2503 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2507 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2511 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2512 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2514 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2520 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2521 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2523 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2525 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2526 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2527 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2528 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2533 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2534 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2535 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2536 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2540 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2542 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2543 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2545 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2546 except for header line and mode line. */
2547 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2549 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2552 if (background_width
> 0)
2553 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2556 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2560 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2566 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2571 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2573 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2574 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2575 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2578 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2580 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2584 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2588 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2589 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2590 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2592 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2595 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2597 /* Draw the waves */
2599 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2609 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2614 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2616 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2620 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2621 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2625 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2628 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2630 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2632 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2633 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2634 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2635 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2638 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2640 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2641 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2642 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2643 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2645 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2646 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2647 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2648 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2651 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2655 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2656 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2658 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2659 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2660 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2661 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2662 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2663 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2666 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2667 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2668 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2669 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2672 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2674 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2675 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2676 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2677 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2678 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2679 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2681 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2683 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2686 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2690 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2694 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2695 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2697 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2698 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2701 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2702 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2703 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2704 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2706 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2707 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2710 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2711 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2712 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2714 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2715 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2722 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2724 /* Draw underline. */
2725 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2727 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2729 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2730 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2734 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2735 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2736 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2737 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2740 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2742 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2745 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2746 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2748 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2749 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2750 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2754 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2755 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2756 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2759 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2760 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2763 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2764 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2765 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2766 specs, and its default is
2768 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2769 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2771 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2772 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2773 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2775 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2777 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2779 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2781 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2782 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2783 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2784 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2785 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2786 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2787 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2788 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2789 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2790 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2791 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2792 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2796 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2797 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2798 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2799 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2800 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2804 /* Draw overline. */
2805 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2807 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2809 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2810 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2815 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2816 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2817 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2819 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2823 /* Draw strike-through. */
2824 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2826 unsigned long h
= 1;
2827 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2829 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2830 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2835 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2836 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2837 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2839 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2843 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2844 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2845 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2849 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2851 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2852 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2853 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2855 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2856 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2857 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2860 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2861 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2862 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2863 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2865 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2866 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2868 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2874 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2876 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2877 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2878 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2880 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2881 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2882 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2885 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2886 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2887 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2888 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2890 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2891 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2893 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2894 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2899 /* Reset clipping. */
2900 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2904 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2907 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2909 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2910 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2911 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2915 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2919 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2925 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2926 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2929 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2931 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2932 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2936 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2939 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2941 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2943 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2947 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2949 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2950 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2951 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2953 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2954 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2955 redisplay, do it here. */
2956 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2957 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2960 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2967 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2970 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2976 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2977 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2978 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2980 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2981 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2982 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2983 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2985 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2989 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2992 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2993 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2994 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2995 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2996 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2997 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2998 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2999 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3000 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3003 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3004 pixels into background pixels. */
3008 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3009 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3010 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3012 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3013 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3017 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3018 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3019 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3020 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3021 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3022 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3023 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3027 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3028 edge it is next to. */
3029 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3031 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3032 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3035 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3036 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3043 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3045 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3046 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3048 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3050 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3051 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3052 width
, flash_height
);
3053 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3055 (height
- flash_height
3056 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3057 width
, flash_height
);
3061 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3062 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3063 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3064 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3069 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3070 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3072 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3074 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3076 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3077 struct timespec timeout
;
3079 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3080 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3083 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3084 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3086 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3087 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3091 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3092 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3094 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3096 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3097 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3098 width
, flash_height
);
3099 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3101 (height
- flash_height
3102 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3103 width
, flash_height
);
3106 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3107 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3108 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3109 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3115 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3117 #undef XFillRectangle
3119 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3130 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3135 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3136 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3137 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3140 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3141 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3142 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3147 /* Make audible bell. */
3150 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3152 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3160 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3162 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3164 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3170 /***********************************************************************
3172 ***********************************************************************/
3174 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3175 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3178 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3184 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3187 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3189 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3190 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3192 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3193 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3195 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3197 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3198 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3199 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3200 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3201 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3202 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3203 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3204 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3206 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3210 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3211 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3212 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3214 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3216 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3217 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3219 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3220 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3225 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3226 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3227 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3231 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3232 line at the bottom. */
3233 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3234 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3236 height
= run
->height
;
3240 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3242 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3243 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3245 height
= run
->height
;
3250 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3253 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3254 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3255 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3265 /***********************************************************************
3267 ***********************************************************************/
3271 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3273 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3274 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3275 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3276 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3278 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3279 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3280 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3281 because of this (bug#9310). */
3282 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3283 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3284 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3285 x_uncatch_errors ();
3287 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3288 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3292 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3294 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3295 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3296 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3297 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3299 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3300 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3301 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3302 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3303 x_uncatch_errors ();
3305 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3306 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3309 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3310 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3311 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3312 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3313 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3316 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3318 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3320 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3322 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3323 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3324 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3326 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3327 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3329 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3330 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3332 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3335 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3338 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3339 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3340 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3343 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3345 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3347 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3349 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3350 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3352 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3353 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3354 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3355 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3356 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3357 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3359 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3360 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3363 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3366 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3367 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3370 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3372 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3374 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3376 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3377 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3379 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3380 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3384 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3385 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3387 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3388 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3392 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3393 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3395 static struct frame
*
3396 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3398 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3404 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3407 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3409 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3411 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3412 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3413 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3414 /* A tooltip frame? */
3415 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3416 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3417 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3419 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3421 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3423 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3424 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3425 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3428 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3429 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3430 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3432 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3437 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3439 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3442 static struct frame
*
3443 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3445 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3446 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3452 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3457 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3459 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3460 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3461 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3466 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3468 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3471 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3472 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3473 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3475 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3476 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3480 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3481 /* A tooltip frame. */
3489 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3491 static struct frame
*
3492 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
3494 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3495 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3502 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3505 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3507 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3509 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3512 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3513 if (x
->menubar_widget
3514 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3521 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3522 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3525 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3527 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3534 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3537 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3539 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3543 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3545 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3546 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3549 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3553 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3554 /* Tooltip frame. */
3560 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3562 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3563 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3565 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3567 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3568 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3570 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3573 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3575 struct frame
*frame
;
3577 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3581 switch (event
->type
)
3586 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3588 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3590 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3591 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3592 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3593 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3595 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3601 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3602 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3603 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3604 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3608 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3610 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3611 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3612 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3619 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3620 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3623 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3625 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3629 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3630 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3631 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3633 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3634 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3635 the appropriate X display info. */
3638 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3640 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3644 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3646 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3648 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3650 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3651 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3652 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3653 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3654 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3656 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3657 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3661 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3663 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3666 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3667 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3668 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3674 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3676 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3678 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3680 int min_code
, max_code
;
3683 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3685 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3686 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3687 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3688 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3689 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3691 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3693 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3694 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3696 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3698 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3699 Alt keysyms are on. */
3701 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3702 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3704 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3706 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3707 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3709 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3711 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3715 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3719 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3721 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3727 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3728 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3733 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3734 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3739 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3740 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3741 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3742 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3747 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3748 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3749 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3750 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3754 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3755 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3756 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3757 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3758 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3767 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3768 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3770 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3771 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3774 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3775 make them just meta, not alt. */
3776 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3778 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3782 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3785 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3789 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3791 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3792 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3793 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3794 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3797 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3798 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3799 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3800 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3801 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3802 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3803 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3804 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3806 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3807 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3808 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3809 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3810 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3811 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3815 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3817 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3818 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3819 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3820 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3824 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3825 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3826 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3827 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3828 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3829 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3830 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3831 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3834 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3835 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3836 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3837 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3838 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3839 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3842 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3845 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3850 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3858 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3860 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3862 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3866 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3868 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3870 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3871 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3872 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3873 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3875 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3879 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3880 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3881 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3886 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3887 The input handler calls this.
3889 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3890 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3891 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3892 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3894 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3895 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3898 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3900 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3901 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3902 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3904 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3907 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3909 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3910 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3911 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3912 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3917 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3918 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3919 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3920 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3921 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3922 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3924 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3925 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3926 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3927 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3928 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3929 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3937 /************************************************************************
3939 ************************************************************************/
3942 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3944 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3945 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3946 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3947 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3948 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3953 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3954 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3956 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3957 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3958 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3959 position on the scroll bar.
3961 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3962 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3965 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3966 was at this position.
3968 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3970 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3974 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3975 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3982 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3983 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3989 Window dummy_window
;
3992 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3994 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3995 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3996 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3997 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3998 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
4000 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4002 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4003 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4004 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4006 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4009 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4010 a different screen. */
4013 /* The position on that root window. */
4016 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4019 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4021 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4023 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4024 containing the pointer. */
4028 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4032 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4033 structure is changing at the same time this function
4034 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4036 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4038 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
4039 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
4041 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4042 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4043 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4045 /* From-window, to-window. */
4046 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
4048 /* From-position, to-position. */
4049 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4053 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
4059 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4061 /* From-window, to-window. */
4064 /* From-position, to-position. */
4065 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4070 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4073 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4074 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4075 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4076 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4077 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4085 /* Now we know that:
4086 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4087 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4088 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4089 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4090 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4091 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4092 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4093 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4094 never use them in that case.) */
4097 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4098 want the edit window. */
4099 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4101 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4102 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4106 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4109 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4110 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4112 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4115 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4118 x_uncatch_errors ();
4120 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4123 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4125 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4129 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4135 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4136 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4140 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4141 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4142 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4143 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4144 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4145 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4146 the frame are divided into. */
4148 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4149 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4154 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4155 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4156 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4166 /***********************************************************************
4168 ***********************************************************************/
4170 /* Scroll bar support. */
4172 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4174 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4177 static struct scroll_bar
*
4178 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4180 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4182 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4183 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4184 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4186 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4188 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4190 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4193 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4195 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4196 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4197 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4198 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4199 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4202 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4203 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4204 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4205 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4212 #if defined USE_LUCID
4214 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4215 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4218 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4220 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4222 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4223 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4225 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4227 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4233 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4236 /************************************************************************
4238 ************************************************************************/
4240 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4242 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4243 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4244 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4245 struct scroll_bar
*);
4246 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4250 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4251 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4253 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4255 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4256 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4259 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4261 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4263 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4265 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4266 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4267 to avoid jerkiness. */
4269 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4271 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4272 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4273 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4274 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4277 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4278 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4281 const char *end_action
;
4284 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4285 end_action
= "Release";
4286 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4287 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4288 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4289 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4292 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4293 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4296 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4298 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4299 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4300 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4301 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4303 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4306 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4307 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4309 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4310 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4311 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4313 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4314 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4317 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4319 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4320 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4322 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4323 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4326 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4327 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4328 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4329 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4332 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4335 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4336 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4337 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4342 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4343 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4344 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4345 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4346 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4349 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4350 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4351 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4352 into that array in the event. */
4353 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4354 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4357 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4359 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4360 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4362 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4363 scroll_bar_windows
=
4364 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4365 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4366 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4367 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4370 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4371 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4372 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4373 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4374 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4375 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4377 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4378 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4379 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4380 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4383 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4384 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4385 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4386 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4391 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4395 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4397 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4401 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4402 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4404 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4406 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4407 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4410 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4413 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4415 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4416 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4417 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4418 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4419 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4425 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4427 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4430 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4431 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4432 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4435 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4437 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4438 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4439 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4443 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4445 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4448 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4450 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4453 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4455 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4458 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4460 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4465 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4468 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4470 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4477 /* Get the slider size. */
4479 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4482 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4483 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4484 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4485 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4489 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4495 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4496 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4500 #elif defined USE_GTK
4502 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4503 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4506 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4507 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4511 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4513 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4514 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4515 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4517 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4518 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4523 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4524 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4525 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4526 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4528 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4529 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4530 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4531 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4532 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4535 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4536 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4539 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4540 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4543 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4544 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4547 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4548 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4555 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4556 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4562 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4565 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4566 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4569 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4571 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4573 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4574 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4575 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4582 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4584 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4585 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4586 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4590 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4592 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4593 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4594 float top
= *top_addr
;
4596 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4597 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4599 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4601 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4605 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4607 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4608 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4609 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4610 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4611 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4613 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4615 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4617 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4618 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4619 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4620 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4624 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4625 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4626 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4627 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4628 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4629 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4630 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4633 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4635 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4636 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4637 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4639 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4641 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4643 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4646 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4647 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4649 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4650 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4651 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4652 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4654 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4656 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4658 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4659 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4662 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4664 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4666 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4667 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4671 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4673 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4676 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4677 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4682 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4685 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4691 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4692 unsigned long pixel
;
4697 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4698 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4699 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4700 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4701 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4702 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4703 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4704 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4706 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4709 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4713 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4716 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4720 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4721 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4723 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4724 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4726 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4728 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4730 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4732 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4734 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4736 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4739 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4740 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4742 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4743 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4744 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4745 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4747 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4749 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4750 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4751 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4752 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4753 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4754 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4755 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4756 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4758 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4761 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4765 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4768 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4772 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4774 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4775 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4777 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4780 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4781 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4782 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4784 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4787 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4789 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4792 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4793 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4794 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4796 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4800 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4801 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4802 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4803 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4804 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4805 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4806 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4809 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4810 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4814 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4815 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4816 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4818 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4820 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4823 /* Specify the colors. */
4824 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4827 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4830 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4833 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4839 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4840 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4843 char const *initial
= "";
4844 char const *val
= initial
;
4845 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4846 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4847 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4849 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4850 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4851 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4852 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4853 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4854 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4858 /* Define callbacks. */
4859 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4860 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4863 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4864 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4866 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4868 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4869 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4870 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4871 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4873 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4874 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4875 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4876 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4880 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4883 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4884 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4888 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4890 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4893 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4895 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4898 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4899 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4906 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4908 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4909 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4910 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4911 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4912 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4913 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4914 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4915 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4916 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4917 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4918 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4919 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4920 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4921 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4929 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4930 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4933 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4937 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4938 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4940 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4942 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4943 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4944 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4946 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4948 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4954 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4955 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4959 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4961 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4962 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4963 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4967 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4968 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4969 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4972 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4973 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4974 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4975 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4977 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4978 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4979 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4980 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4981 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4984 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4985 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4986 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4987 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4989 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4990 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4993 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4994 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4995 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4997 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5001 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5005 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5007 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5011 /************************************************************************
5012 Scroll bars, general
5013 ************************************************************************/
5015 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
5016 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
5017 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
5020 static struct scroll_bar
*
5021 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
5023 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5024 struct scroll_bar
*bar
5025 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
5030 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5031 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
5032 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5034 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5038 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5039 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5040 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5042 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5043 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5045 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5047 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5049 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5050 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5051 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5052 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5053 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5054 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
5056 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5057 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5058 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5060 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5062 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5069 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5071 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5073 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5077 bar
->height
= height
;
5081 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5082 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5083 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5086 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5087 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5089 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5090 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5091 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5092 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5094 /* Map the window/widget. */
5095 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5098 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5101 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5102 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5104 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5105 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5106 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5107 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5109 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5110 max (height
, 1), 0);
5111 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5112 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5114 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5115 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5116 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5123 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5125 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5127 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5128 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5129 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5132 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5133 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5134 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5135 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5136 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5139 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5141 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5142 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5143 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5144 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5146 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5148 && start
== bar
->start
5155 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5156 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5157 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5159 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5160 the distance between start and end. */
5162 int length
= end
- start
;
5166 else if (start
> top_range
)
5168 end
= start
+ length
;
5172 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5176 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5180 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5181 if (end
> top_range
)
5184 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5185 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5186 that many pixels tall. */
5187 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5189 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5190 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5192 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5193 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5194 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5195 inside_width
, start
);
5197 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5198 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5199 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5200 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5202 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5203 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5204 /* x, y, width, height */
5205 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5206 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5207 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5209 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5210 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5211 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5212 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5214 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5215 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5216 if (end
< inside_height
)
5217 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5218 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5219 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5220 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5226 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5228 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5232 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5234 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5237 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5239 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5240 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5241 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5242 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5244 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5247 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5248 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5254 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5255 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5256 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5260 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5262 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5264 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5265 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5266 int window_y
, window_height
;
5267 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5268 bool fringe_extended_p
;
5271 /* Get window dimensions. */
5272 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5274 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5275 height
= window_height
;
5277 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5278 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5280 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5281 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5282 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5283 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5287 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5288 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5289 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5290 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5292 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5294 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5295 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5300 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5301 fringe_extended_p
= WINDOW_FRINGE_EXTENDED_P (w
);
5304 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5305 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5307 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5310 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5311 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5312 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5313 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5316 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5317 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5321 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5325 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5326 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5328 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5332 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5334 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5336 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5338 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5341 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5343 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5344 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5346 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5347 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5348 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5350 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5351 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5352 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5354 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5355 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5358 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5361 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5362 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5364 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5365 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5366 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5368 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5369 max (height
, 1), 0);
5370 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5372 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5374 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5375 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5376 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5378 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5379 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
, height
);
5380 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5381 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5382 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
, height
);
5385 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5386 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5387 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5390 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5391 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5392 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5394 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5395 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5396 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
, rest
, height
);
5398 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5399 left
, top
, rest
, height
);
5403 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5408 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5410 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5412 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5416 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5418 /* Remember new settings. */
5419 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5421 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5422 bar
->height
= height
;
5427 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5428 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5430 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5431 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5432 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5434 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5436 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5439 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5442 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5443 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5444 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5447 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5449 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5450 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5454 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5455 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5456 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5457 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5458 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5459 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5460 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5462 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5463 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5464 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5467 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5469 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5470 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5473 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5474 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5475 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5476 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5477 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5478 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5479 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5484 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5485 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5488 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5490 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5494 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5495 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5498 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5500 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5501 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5502 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5504 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5506 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5507 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5509 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5510 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5511 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5513 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5514 one or the other! */
5518 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5520 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5521 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5523 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5525 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5526 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5527 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5528 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5531 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5532 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5535 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5537 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5539 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5541 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5542 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5543 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5545 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5547 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5549 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5552 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5555 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5556 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5560 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5561 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5562 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5564 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5568 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5570 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5571 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5572 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5573 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5577 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5579 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5580 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5581 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5582 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5584 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5585 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5587 /* x, y, width, height */
5589 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5592 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5593 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5594 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5595 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5600 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5602 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5603 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5605 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5610 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5612 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5615 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5616 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5617 emacs_event
->modifiers
5618 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5619 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5620 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5621 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5624 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5625 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5626 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5629 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5630 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5633 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5636 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5637 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5638 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5640 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5642 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5643 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5644 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5646 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5647 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5649 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5654 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5655 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5659 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5661 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5663 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5667 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
5669 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5671 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5674 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5676 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5677 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5679 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5680 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5682 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5684 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5686 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5691 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5693 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5694 on the scroll bar. */
5697 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5698 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5699 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5701 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5702 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5703 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5705 Window dummy_window
;
5707 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5711 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5713 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5715 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5716 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5717 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5719 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5722 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5728 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5730 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5732 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5733 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5737 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5741 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5743 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5744 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5745 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5746 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5747 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5748 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5750 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5752 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5753 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5756 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5759 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5765 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5766 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5767 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5771 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5773 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5776 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5777 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5778 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5779 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5780 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5781 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5782 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5783 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5785 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5788 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5790 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5791 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5793 static int temp_index
;
5794 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5796 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5797 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5799 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5801 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5803 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5805 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5807 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5808 on a particular display. */
5810 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5812 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5813 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5814 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5815 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5817 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5819 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5820 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5823 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5824 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5825 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5826 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5827 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5828 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5840 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5841 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5842 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5844 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5846 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5850 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5852 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5853 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5854 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5857 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5858 event
->xclient
.window
);
5860 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5865 static int current_count
;
5866 static int current_finish
;
5867 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5869 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5870 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5871 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5872 static GdkFilterReturn
5873 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5875 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5878 if (current_count
>= 0)
5880 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5882 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5885 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5886 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5887 so we do it here. */
5888 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5890 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5893 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5898 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5901 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5905 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5909 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5910 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5912 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5914 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5917 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5918 enum xembed_message
,
5919 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5921 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5923 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5924 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5925 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5927 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5930 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5931 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5934 struct input_event ie
;
5935 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5939 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5940 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5941 struct coding_system coding
;
5942 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5943 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5944 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5945 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5946 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5947 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5948 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5952 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5954 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5955 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5958 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5959 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5965 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5966 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5967 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5969 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5970 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5972 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5973 could be the shell widget window
5974 if the frame has no title bar. */
5975 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5977 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5978 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5979 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5981 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5982 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5983 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5984 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5985 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5988 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5989 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5990 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5991 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5994 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5995 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5996 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5999 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
6000 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
6001 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
6003 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
6004 /* The ICCCM says this is
6005 the only valid choice. */
6007 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
6008 /* This is needed to detect the error
6009 if there is an error. */
6011 x_uncatch_errors ();
6013 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
6018 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6019 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
6021 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
6022 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
6023 the session manager, who's looking for such a
6024 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
6025 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
6026 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
6027 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
6028 session manager and one for this. */
6030 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
6033 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6034 event
.xclient
.window
);
6035 /* This is just so we only give real data once
6036 for a single Emacs process. */
6037 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
6038 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6039 event
.xclient
.window
,
6040 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
6042 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6043 event
.xclient
.window
,
6049 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6050 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
6052 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6053 event
.xclient
.window
);
6055 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6057 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6058 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6065 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6066 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6071 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6072 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6075 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6077 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6078 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6082 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6089 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6090 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6092 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6094 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6098 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6100 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6101 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6102 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6103 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6105 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6106 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6107 currently never do because we are interested in
6108 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6109 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6110 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6113 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6114 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6118 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6119 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6120 we construct an input_event. */
6121 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6122 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6124 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6125 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6128 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6130 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6131 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6132 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6134 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6135 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6136 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6138 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6142 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6144 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6147 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6148 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6152 case SelectionNotify
:
6153 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6154 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6155 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6157 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6158 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6161 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6162 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6163 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6164 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6166 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6168 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6170 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6171 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6172 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6173 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6177 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6178 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6179 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6180 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6182 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6184 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6186 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6187 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6188 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6189 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6190 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6191 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6192 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6196 case PropertyNotify
:
6197 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6198 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6199 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6200 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
)
6201 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6202 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6204 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6205 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6206 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6207 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6208 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6209 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6210 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6211 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6212 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6215 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6216 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6219 case ReparentNotify
:
6220 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6224 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6225 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6229 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6230 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6231 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6233 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6238 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6242 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6243 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6244 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6245 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6246 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6248 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6250 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6251 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6252 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6253 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6257 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6258 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6262 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6263 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6265 #if defined USE_LUCID
6266 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6267 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6268 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6271 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6273 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6275 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6277 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6278 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6280 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6281 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6282 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6285 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6286 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6289 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6290 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6294 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6295 source area was obscured or not
6297 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6301 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6302 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6303 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6305 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6308 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6311 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6312 source area was completely
6317 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6318 if (event
.xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6321 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6324 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6325 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6326 the frame was deleted. */
6328 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6329 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6330 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6331 display that won't ever be seen. */
6332 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6333 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6334 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6335 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6336 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6337 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6338 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6339 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6341 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6342 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6343 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6349 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6350 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6351 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6354 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6355 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6356 frame is visible. */
6357 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6360 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6361 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6362 the frame's display structures.
6363 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6364 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6365 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6366 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6368 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6370 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6371 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6372 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6373 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6375 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6376 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6377 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6381 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6382 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6384 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6385 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6386 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6387 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6390 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6397 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6398 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6400 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6401 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6402 if (popup_activated ())
6406 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6408 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6409 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6410 mouse highlighting. */
6411 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6413 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6415 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6416 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6420 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6423 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6424 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6425 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6427 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6429 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6430 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6433 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6437 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6438 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6439 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6442 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6443 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6444 status_return even if the input is too long to
6445 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6446 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6447 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6448 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6449 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6450 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6451 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6453 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6457 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6458 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6459 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6461 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6465 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6466 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6467 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6469 /* This will have to go some day... */
6471 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6472 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6473 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6474 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6475 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6476 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6477 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6479 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6480 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6481 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6482 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6483 not it is combined with Meta. */
6484 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6485 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6490 Status status_return
;
6492 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6493 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6494 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6495 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6497 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6499 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6500 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6501 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6502 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6503 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6506 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6507 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6509 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6514 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6515 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6519 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6520 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6523 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6524 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6528 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6529 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6530 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6533 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6534 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6536 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6537 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6539 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6540 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6542 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6543 translations to characters. */
6544 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6545 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6547 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6548 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6552 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6553 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6555 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6556 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6558 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6559 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6563 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6564 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6565 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6570 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6571 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6572 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6573 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6577 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6578 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6579 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6580 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6581 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6582 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6584 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6585 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6587 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6588 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6589 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6590 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6591 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6593 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6594 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6596 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6597 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6599 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6600 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6602 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6603 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6605 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6606 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6608 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6609 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6611 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6612 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6614 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6615 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6617 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6618 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6620 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6621 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6623 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6624 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6626 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6627 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6629 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6630 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6632 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6633 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6634 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6635 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6636 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6637 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6638 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6639 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6640 don't have real modifiers but
6641 should be treated similarly to
6642 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6643 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6644 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6645 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6649 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6650 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6652 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6653 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6657 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6661 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6663 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6665 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6668 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6670 /* Decode the input data. */
6672 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6673 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6674 we used just above and the locale. */
6675 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6676 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6677 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6678 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6679 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6680 gives us composition information. */
6681 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6683 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6685 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6686 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6687 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6688 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6689 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6690 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6693 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6694 character events. */
6695 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6698 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6699 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6701 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6702 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6703 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6704 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6706 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6711 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6713 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6719 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6720 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6728 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6730 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6731 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6739 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6740 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6742 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6744 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6745 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6747 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6748 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6749 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6750 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6752 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6753 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6754 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6755 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6760 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6764 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6765 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6767 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6770 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6772 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6773 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6774 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6775 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6778 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6779 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6780 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6781 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6782 if (any_help_event_p
)
6786 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6787 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6788 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6793 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6798 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6799 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6800 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6802 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6803 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6804 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6806 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6808 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6810 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6811 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6815 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6821 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6822 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6823 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6825 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6826 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6827 (f
, event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6829 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6830 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6831 will be selected only when it is active. */
6832 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6833 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6834 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6835 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6836 create event iff we don't leave the
6838 && (focus_follows_mouse
6839 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6840 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6842 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6843 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6845 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6846 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6848 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6849 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6853 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6854 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6855 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6856 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6859 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
.xmotion
);
6860 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6862 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6863 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6864 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6867 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6868 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6869 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6870 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6875 case ConfigureNotify
:
6876 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6879 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6880 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6882 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6883 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6889 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6891 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6892 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6894 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6895 is called by the code that handles resizing
6896 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6898 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6899 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6900 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6901 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6902 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6903 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6904 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6906 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6907 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6908 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6911 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6912 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6913 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6917 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6918 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6919 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6920 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6923 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6927 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6928 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6937 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6938 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6939 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6941 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6942 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6943 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6945 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6947 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6948 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6950 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6953 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6958 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6959 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6960 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6961 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6964 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6965 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6967 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6968 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6970 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6971 handle_tool_bar_click
6972 (f
, x
, y
, event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6973 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.state
));
6975 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6978 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6979 if (! popup_activated ())
6982 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6984 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6985 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6987 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6988 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6990 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6991 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6994 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6996 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6997 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6998 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
7002 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7003 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
7004 event
.xbutton
.window
);
7006 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7007 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
7009 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
7011 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7012 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7014 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7016 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7017 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7020 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7022 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7023 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
7026 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7029 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7031 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
7032 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
7033 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
7037 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7038 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7039 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
7040 don't pass it to Xt right now.
7041 Instead, save it away
7042 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
7043 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
7044 if (! popup_activated ()
7046 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
7047 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
7049 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
7050 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7051 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7052 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
7053 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7054 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7055 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7056 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7058 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7059 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7063 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7067 case CirculateNotify
:
7070 case CirculateRequest
:
7073 case VisibilityNotify
:
7077 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7079 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7081 case MappingModifier
:
7082 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7083 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7084 case MappingKeyboard
:
7085 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7090 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7095 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7097 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7098 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7100 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7105 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7107 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7112 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7117 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7123 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7124 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7125 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7129 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7130 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7140 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7142 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7143 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7144 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7146 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7148 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7150 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7151 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7153 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7156 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7163 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7164 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7166 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7167 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7168 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7172 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7175 int event_found
= 0;
7179 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7180 input_signal_count
++;
7182 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7183 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7185 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7186 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7190 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7195 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7198 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7199 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7204 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7205 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7207 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7215 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7216 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7217 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7218 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7220 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7221 from all displays. */
7223 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7225 current_count
= count
;
7226 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7228 gtk_main_iteration ();
7230 count
= current_count
;
7232 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7234 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7237 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7239 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7240 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7243 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7244 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7245 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7247 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7251 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7252 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7254 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7256 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7257 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7261 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7263 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7264 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7266 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7267 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7278 /***********************************************************************
7280 ***********************************************************************/
7282 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7283 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7285 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7286 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7287 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7290 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7291 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7293 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7294 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7295 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7297 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7299 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7300 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7301 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7302 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7303 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7305 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7309 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7312 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7314 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7315 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7316 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7319 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7322 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7323 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7324 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7325 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7328 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7329 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7330 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7332 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7333 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7334 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7335 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7336 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7338 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7339 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7340 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7342 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7343 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7344 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7345 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7349 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7351 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7352 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7353 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7357 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7359 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7360 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7362 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7363 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7365 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7366 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7369 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7370 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7371 the bar might not be in the window. */
7372 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7374 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7375 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7376 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7380 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7381 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7382 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7383 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7384 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7387 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7388 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7389 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7390 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7391 that the glyph is legible. */
7392 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7393 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7395 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7396 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7399 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7402 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7403 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7406 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7408 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7410 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7413 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7414 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7416 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7418 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7419 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7420 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7421 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7423 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7424 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7425 width
, row
->height
);
7429 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7432 width
= row
->height
;
7434 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7436 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7437 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7439 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7440 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7441 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7442 row
->height
- width
),
7443 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7446 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7451 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7454 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7456 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7457 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7458 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7459 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7463 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7466 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7468 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7470 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7471 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7472 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7477 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7480 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7481 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7482 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7484 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7488 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7489 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7491 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7492 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7493 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7494 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7496 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7497 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7501 switch (cursor_type
)
7503 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7504 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7507 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7508 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7512 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7516 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7520 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7529 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7530 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7531 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7535 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7541 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7544 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7546 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7548 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7551 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7552 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7553 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7554 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7559 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7560 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7561 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7563 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7564 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7565 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7569 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7570 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7576 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7577 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7580 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7582 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7584 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7588 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7591 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7592 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7596 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7597 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7601 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7602 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7603 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7604 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7605 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7607 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7610 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7611 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7617 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7618 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7621 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7623 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7628 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7629 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7631 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7632 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7635 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7636 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7637 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7638 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7643 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7645 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7646 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7648 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7649 be called from a signal handler.
7652 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7653 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7655 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7657 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7659 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7660 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7661 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7664 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7666 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7667 x_error_message
->string
,
7668 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7671 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7672 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7675 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7676 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7677 stored in *x_error_message.
7679 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7680 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7682 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7685 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7687 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7689 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7693 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7694 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7695 x_error_message
= data
;
7698 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7699 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7702 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7704 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7708 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7709 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7710 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7711 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7713 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7714 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7719 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7720 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7721 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7724 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7726 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7729 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7731 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7732 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7733 x_uncatch_errors ();
7734 error (format
, string
);
7738 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7739 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7742 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7744 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7747 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7750 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7753 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7755 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7758 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7759 * idea. --lorentey */
7760 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7763 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7765 while (x_error_message
)
7766 x_uncatch_errors ();
7771 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7774 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7779 /************************************************************************
7781 ************************************************************************/
7783 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7785 static char *error_msg
;
7787 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7788 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7791 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7793 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7794 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7795 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7797 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7798 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7800 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7801 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7805 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7807 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7808 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7811 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7812 that are on the dead display. */
7813 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7815 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7817 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7818 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7819 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7820 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7821 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7822 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7825 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7826 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7827 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7828 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7829 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7830 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7832 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7833 trying to find a replacement. */
7834 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7835 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7838 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7839 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7842 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7843 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7844 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7846 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7847 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7848 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7849 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7850 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7851 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7852 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7853 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7854 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7857 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7859 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7860 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7862 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7863 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7864 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7865 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7870 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7871 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7875 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7877 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7878 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7882 totally_unblock_input ();
7884 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7885 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7887 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7888 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7890 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7891 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7892 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7893 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7896 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7897 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7898 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7900 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7901 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7904 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7906 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7907 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7908 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7914 if (x_error_message
)
7915 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7917 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7921 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7922 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7923 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7925 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7927 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7928 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7930 static void NO_INLINE
7931 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7933 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7935 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7936 or colors that are not defined. */
7938 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7941 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7942 original error handler. */
7944 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7945 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7946 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7947 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7951 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7952 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7953 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7956 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7960 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7961 DisplayString (display
));
7962 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7966 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7968 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7969 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7970 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7974 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7976 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7979 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7980 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7981 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7982 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7986 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7987 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7988 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7989 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7991 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7993 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7994 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7996 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7997 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7998 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8002 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8003 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8006 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8008 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8009 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8010 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8011 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8012 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8017 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8020 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8029 /***********************************************************************
8031 ***********************************************************************/
8037 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8038 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8039 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8042 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8044 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8045 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8049 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8050 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8052 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8053 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8055 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8056 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8060 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8061 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8062 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8066 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8069 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8070 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8073 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8074 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8077 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8085 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8086 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8093 XIMCallback destroy
;
8096 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8097 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8100 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8101 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8102 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8108 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8109 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8113 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8115 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8116 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8117 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8118 when the callback was registered. */
8121 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8123 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8124 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8126 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8130 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8132 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8133 as they have no XIC. */
8134 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8136 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8139 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8141 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8144 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8145 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8147 create_frame_xic (f
);
8148 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8149 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8150 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8152 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8153 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8162 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8165 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8166 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8167 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8168 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8171 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8173 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8177 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8178 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8180 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8181 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8182 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8183 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8184 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8185 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8186 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8187 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8188 least, hence the configure test. */
8189 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8190 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8191 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8192 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8194 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8198 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8201 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8206 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8207 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8208 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8210 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8211 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8212 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8213 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8214 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8215 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8216 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8217 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8219 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8222 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8226 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8227 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8230 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8232 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8234 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8235 is already for the top-left corner. */
8236 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8239 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8240 position that fits on the screen. */
8241 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8242 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8243 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8246 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8248 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8249 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8250 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8252 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8253 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8254 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8255 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8258 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8259 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8261 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8264 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8265 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8266 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8269 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8270 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8271 so the flags should correspond. */
8272 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8275 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8276 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8277 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8278 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8279 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8282 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8284 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8286 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8290 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8292 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8294 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8295 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8297 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8300 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8302 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8303 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8305 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8307 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8308 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8309 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8310 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8311 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8314 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8315 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8317 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8318 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8321 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8322 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8323 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8324 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8327 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8328 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8329 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8331 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8332 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8333 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8334 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8335 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8336 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8341 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8342 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8343 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8344 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8345 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8348 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8351 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8352 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8353 Window wmcheck_window
;
8354 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8355 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8356 long max_len
= 65536;
8357 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8358 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8359 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8363 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8364 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8366 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8367 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8368 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8370 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8372 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8373 x_uncatch_errors ();
8378 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8381 /* Check if window exists. */
8382 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8384 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8386 x_uncatch_errors ();
8391 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8393 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8394 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8395 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8396 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8397 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8398 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8400 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8402 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8403 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8404 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8405 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8406 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8408 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8410 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8411 x_uncatch_errors ();
8416 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8417 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8418 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8423 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8424 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8426 x_uncatch_errors ();
8433 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8435 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8437 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8440 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8442 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8444 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8446 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8451 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8456 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8458 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8459 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8462 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8463 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8464 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8466 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8469 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8475 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8476 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8477 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8478 long max_len
= 65536;
8479 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8480 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8481 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8484 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8487 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8488 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8489 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8490 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8491 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8493 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8495 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8496 x_uncatch_errors ();
8498 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8501 x_uncatch_errors ();
8503 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8505 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8506 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8509 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8511 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8513 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8514 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8516 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8518 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8520 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8521 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8523 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8525 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8526 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8527 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8531 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8536 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8539 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8541 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8542 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8545 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8547 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8548 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8550 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8552 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8556 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8558 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8559 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8560 are sent at once. */
8561 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8563 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8564 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8565 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8566 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8567 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8568 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8570 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8571 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8572 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8573 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8574 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8575 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8576 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8578 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8579 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8580 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8581 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8582 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8583 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8584 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8586 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8587 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8588 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8589 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8590 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8592 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8593 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8594 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8596 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8597 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8600 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8604 return have_net_atom
;
8608 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8610 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8613 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8621 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8623 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8626 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8631 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8634 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8637 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8640 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8645 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8646 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8651 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8652 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8654 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8656 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8659 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8660 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8662 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8663 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8664 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8666 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8668 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8671 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8673 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8674 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8675 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8676 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8677 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8679 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8680 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8682 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8683 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8686 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8691 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8692 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8693 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8694 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8695 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8696 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8697 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8700 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8702 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8704 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8705 window manager window around the frame. */
8707 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8709 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8711 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8716 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8717 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8718 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8720 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8722 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8723 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8725 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8726 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8728 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8731 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8732 frame's position. */
8734 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8738 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8739 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8740 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8741 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8742 of an exact comparison. */
8745 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8749 while (count
++ < 50)
8751 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8753 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8754 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8757 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8758 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8762 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8765 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8766 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8769 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8773 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8774 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8776 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8780 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8782 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8784 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8787 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8788 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8790 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8791 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8793 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8794 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8795 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8796 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8798 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8800 pending_signals
= 1;
8801 totally_unblock_input ();
8802 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8804 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8809 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8810 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8813 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8814 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8815 break; /* Timeout */
8817 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8818 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8822 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8823 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8824 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8825 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8828 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8830 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8832 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8833 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8834 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8836 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8838 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8840 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8841 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8842 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8843 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8845 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8846 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8847 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8848 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8851 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8852 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8853 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8854 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8855 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8857 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8858 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8859 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8860 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8862 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8863 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8864 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8865 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8866 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8868 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8871 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8872 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8873 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8874 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8875 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8878 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8879 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8880 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8886 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8887 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8888 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8889 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8892 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8896 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8900 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8901 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8902 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8903 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8904 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8905 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8906 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8907 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8908 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8909 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8911 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8913 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8914 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8915 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8916 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8917 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8918 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8919 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8923 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8924 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8926 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8927 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8929 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8931 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8933 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8934 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8936 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8937 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8938 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8939 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8940 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8945 /* Mouse warping. */
8948 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8952 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8953 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8955 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8956 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8958 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8959 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8963 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8964 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8968 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8971 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8975 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8976 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8980 /* Raise frame F. */
8983 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8986 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8987 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8988 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8992 /* Lower frame F. */
8995 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8997 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9000 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9001 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9006 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
9009 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
9011 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
9012 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
9013 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9014 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
9015 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
9018 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9021 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9023 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9024 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9026 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9028 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
9031 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9032 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9033 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
9035 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
9040 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
9048 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9050 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9052 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9054 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9057 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9059 unsigned long data
[2];
9060 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9062 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9065 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9066 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9067 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9069 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9072 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9073 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9077 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9078 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9079 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9080 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9081 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9082 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9083 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9084 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9085 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9087 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9088 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9089 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9092 /* Change of visibility. */
9094 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9095 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9096 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9097 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9098 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9099 finishes with it. */
9102 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9105 int original_top
, original_left
;
9106 int retry_count
= 2;
9112 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9114 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9116 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9118 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9119 call x_set_offset a second time
9120 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9121 before the window gets really visible. */
9122 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9123 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9124 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9125 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9127 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9129 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9130 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9131 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9132 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9133 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9136 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9137 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9139 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9141 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9142 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9144 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9145 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9147 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9148 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9149 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9152 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9154 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9155 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9156 so that incoming events are handled. */
9160 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9161 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9162 will set it when they are handled. */
9163 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9165 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9166 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9168 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9171 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9173 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9174 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9175 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9176 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9178 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9179 because the window manager may choose the position
9180 and we don't want to override it. */
9182 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9183 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9184 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9185 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9186 && previously_visible
)
9190 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9194 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9195 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9196 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9197 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9198 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9199 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9200 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9201 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9202 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9204 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9205 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9206 original_left
, original_top
);
9211 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9213 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9214 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9215 MapNotify at all.. */
9216 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9217 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9219 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9222 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9223 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9224 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9225 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9226 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9228 if (input_polling_used ())
9230 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9231 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9232 handler reset it. */
9233 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9234 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9235 poll_for_input_1 ();
9236 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9242 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9246 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9247 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9248 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9249 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9251 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9256 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9258 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9261 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9265 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9266 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9268 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9269 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9270 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9274 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9275 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9276 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9277 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9278 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9279 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9282 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9283 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9286 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9287 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9292 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9293 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9296 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9300 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9301 just by the event that we get from the server.
9302 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9303 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9304 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9305 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9306 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9313 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9316 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9318 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9323 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9324 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9325 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9327 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9332 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9334 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9336 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9337 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9339 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9340 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9342 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9343 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9344 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9350 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9352 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9354 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9355 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9356 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9357 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9358 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9359 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9360 so we have to record it here. */
9361 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9362 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9367 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9368 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9369 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9373 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9375 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9376 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9379 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9381 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9383 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9384 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9385 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9386 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9387 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9388 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9390 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9391 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9393 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9394 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9398 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9399 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9400 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9401 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9402 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9404 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9405 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9407 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9411 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9415 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9417 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9419 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9421 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9422 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9425 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9426 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9428 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9430 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9434 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9437 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9439 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9440 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9441 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9443 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9448 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9449 commands to the X server. */
9450 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9452 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9453 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9455 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9456 free_frame_faces (f
);
9458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9459 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9461 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9462 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9463 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9464 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9465 toolkit scroll bars. */
9466 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9468 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9469 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9478 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9479 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9481 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9482 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9484 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9485 we are using a toolkit. */
9486 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9487 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9489 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9490 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9493 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9494 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9496 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9497 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9498 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9500 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9501 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9502 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9503 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9504 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9505 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9507 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9508 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9509 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9510 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9511 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9512 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9513 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9514 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9515 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9516 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9517 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9518 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9519 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9520 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9521 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9525 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9526 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9528 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9529 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9531 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9533 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9534 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9537 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9540 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9541 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9542 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9544 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9545 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9546 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9547 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9548 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9549 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9550 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9551 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9557 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9560 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9562 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9564 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9565 commands to the X server. */
9566 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9567 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9569 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9573 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9575 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9576 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9577 that the window now has.
9578 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9579 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9580 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9584 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9586 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9587 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9589 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9590 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9592 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9597 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9598 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9600 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9601 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9603 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9604 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9606 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9607 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9608 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9609 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9610 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9611 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9613 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9615 int base_width
, base_height
;
9616 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9618 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9619 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9621 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9623 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9624 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9625 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9626 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9627 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9629 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9630 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9631 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9633 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9634 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9635 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9636 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9637 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9640 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9643 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9648 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9649 long supplied_return
;
9652 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9656 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9661 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9662 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9663 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9664 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9665 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9666 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9667 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9668 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9675 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9676 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9680 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9681 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9683 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9685 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9687 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9689 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9692 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9694 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9697 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9698 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9699 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9700 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9702 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9703 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9705 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9706 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9710 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9712 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9714 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9715 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9720 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9721 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9722 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9723 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9727 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9735 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9739 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9743 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9744 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9745 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9746 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9749 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9751 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9752 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9754 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9758 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9760 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9762 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9763 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9764 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9766 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9770 /***********************************************************************
9772 ***********************************************************************/
9776 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9780 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9782 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9783 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9784 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9787 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9790 /***********************************************************************
9792 ***********************************************************************/
9794 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9795 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9796 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9797 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9799 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9800 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9801 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9803 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9804 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9805 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9806 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9807 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9808 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9809 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9812 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9814 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9816 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9818 static int x_initialized
;
9820 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9821 the screen number from the server number. */
9823 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9826 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9827 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9828 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9830 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9831 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9832 length_until_period
++;
9834 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9835 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9837 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9839 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9840 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9841 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9842 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9843 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9844 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9845 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9846 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9847 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9848 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9849 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9850 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9851 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9852 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9854 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9858 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9862 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9863 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9866 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9867 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9870 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9891 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9892 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9895 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9897 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9898 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9903 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9904 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9906 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9907 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9911 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9912 the structure that describes the open display.
9913 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9915 struct x_display_info
*
9916 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9920 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9921 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9933 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9934 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9940 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9941 char **argv2
= argv
;
9944 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9946 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9950 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9951 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9953 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9957 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9959 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9961 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9962 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9965 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9966 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9968 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9970 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9971 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9972 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9974 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9975 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9976 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9977 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9979 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9980 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9981 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9983 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9985 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9988 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9992 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9994 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9995 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9997 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9998 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10000 s
= build_string (file
);
10001 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10003 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10004 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
10008 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10009 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10012 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10013 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10014 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10016 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10017 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10018 So let's not use it until R6. */
10019 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10020 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10031 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10032 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10034 turn_on_atimers (0);
10035 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10036 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10037 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10039 turn_on_atimers (1);
10041 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10042 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10047 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10048 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10049 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10050 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10051 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10053 /* Detect failure. */
10060 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10062 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10063 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10066 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10069 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10070 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10071 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10072 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10075 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10078 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10079 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10080 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
10082 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10083 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10084 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10085 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10086 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10088 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10090 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10092 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10093 list of terminals. */
10094 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10095 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10096 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10097 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10099 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10100 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10102 kset_system_key_alist
10104 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10105 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10107 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10108 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10112 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10113 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10114 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10115 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10116 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10118 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10121 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10122 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10123 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10125 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10126 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10127 x_display_name_list
);
10128 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10130 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10132 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10133 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10136 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10139 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10140 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10141 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10142 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10143 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10144 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10145 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10147 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10148 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10150 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10152 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10153 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10154 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10156 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10157 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10159 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10160 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10161 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10162 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10164 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10166 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10168 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10170 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10171 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10172 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10173 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10174 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10175 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10176 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10178 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10180 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10181 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10183 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10184 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10185 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10186 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10187 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10188 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10191 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10192 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10194 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10197 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10198 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10199 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10201 if (STRINGP (value
)
10202 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10203 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10204 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10208 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10209 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10213 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10214 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10215 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10216 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10217 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10219 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10221 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10222 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10226 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10228 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10229 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10230 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10231 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10232 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10233 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10234 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10235 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10236 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10240 static const struct
10245 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10246 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10247 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10248 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10249 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10250 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10251 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10252 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10253 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10254 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10255 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10256 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10257 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10258 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10259 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10260 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10261 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10262 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10263 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10264 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10265 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10266 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10267 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10268 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10269 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10270 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10271 /* For properties of font. */
10272 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10273 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10274 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10275 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10276 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10277 /* Ghostscript support. */
10278 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10279 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10280 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10281 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10283 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10284 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10285 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10286 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10287 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10288 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10289 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10290 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10291 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10292 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10293 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10294 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10295 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10296 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10297 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10298 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10299 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10300 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10301 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10302 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10303 /* Session management */
10304 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10305 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10306 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10310 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10311 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10312 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10313 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10314 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10315 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10316 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10317 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10319 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10320 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10322 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10323 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10324 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10325 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10327 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10328 False
, atoms_return
);
10330 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10331 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10333 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10334 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10336 xfree (atom_names
);
10337 xfree (atoms_return
);
10340 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10341 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10342 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10344 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10345 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10349 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10352 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10354 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10356 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10357 if (connection
!= 0)
10358 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10361 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10362 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10364 if (interrupt_input
)
10365 init_sigio (connection
);
10369 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10372 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10373 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10374 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10375 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10376 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10377 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10378 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10379 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10380 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10382 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10383 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10384 x_uncatch_errors ();
10388 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10389 for debugging X code. */
10392 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10393 build_string ("synchronous"),
10394 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10396 if (STRINGP (value
)
10397 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10398 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10399 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10404 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10405 build_string ("useXIM"),
10406 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10409 if (STRINGP (value
)
10410 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10411 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10414 if (STRINGP (value
)
10415 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10416 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10422 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10423 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10425 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10426 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10434 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10435 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10438 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10440 struct terminal
*t
;
10442 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10444 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10445 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10448 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10449 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10450 x_session_close ();
10452 delete_terminal (t
);
10456 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10457 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10458 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10459 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10460 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10465 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10466 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10468 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10470 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10473 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10477 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10478 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10480 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10481 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10484 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10486 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10487 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10488 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10491 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10492 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10493 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10497 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10499 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10500 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10501 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10502 that slows us down. */
10505 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10508 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10509 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10511 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10512 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10513 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10514 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10519 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10520 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10521 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10522 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10523 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10524 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10525 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10528 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10531 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10533 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10534 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10535 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10540 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10543 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10545 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10547 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10551 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10553 x_after_update_window_line
,
10554 x_update_window_begin
,
10555 x_update_window_end
,
10557 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10558 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10559 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10560 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10561 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10562 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10563 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10564 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10565 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10566 x_clear_frame_area
,
10567 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10568 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10569 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10573 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10575 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10578 int connection
= -1;
10580 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10581 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10582 if (!terminal
->name
)
10587 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10590 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10593 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10594 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10595 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10597 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10599 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10600 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10602 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10603 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10604 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10605 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10607 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10608 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10609 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10610 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10611 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10612 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10613 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10614 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10615 leaks in other situations. */
10617 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10618 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10620 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10622 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10623 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10624 closing all the displays. */
10625 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10629 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10631 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10632 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10634 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10636 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10639 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10640 if (connection
!= -1)
10641 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10643 /* Mark as dead. */
10644 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10645 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10649 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10650 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10652 static struct terminal
*
10653 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10655 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10657 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10659 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10660 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10661 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10663 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10665 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10666 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10667 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10668 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10669 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10670 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10671 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10672 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10673 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10674 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= NULL
;
10675 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10676 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10677 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10678 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10679 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10680 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10681 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10682 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10683 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10684 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10686 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10687 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10689 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10690 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10691 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10692 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10693 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10694 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10701 x_initialize (void)
10706 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10707 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10708 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10711 current_count
= -1;
10714 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10715 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10717 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10718 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10720 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10722 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10723 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10724 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10725 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10726 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10727 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10728 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10730 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10733 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10735 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10736 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10740 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10741 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10742 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10744 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10745 original error handler. */
10746 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10747 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10752 syms_of_xterm (void)
10754 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10756 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10757 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10759 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10760 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10762 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10763 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10766 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10767 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10769 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10772 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10773 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10774 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10775 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10776 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10777 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10778 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10780 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10782 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10783 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10784 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10785 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10786 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10787 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10788 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10790 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10791 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10792 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10793 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10794 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10795 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10796 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10797 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10798 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10800 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10801 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10802 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10803 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10804 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10805 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10806 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10808 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10809 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10810 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10812 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10814 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10817 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10820 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10821 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10823 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10824 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10825 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10826 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10827 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10828 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10829 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10830 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10831 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10833 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10834 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10835 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10836 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10837 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10838 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10840 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10841 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10842 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10843 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10844 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10845 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10847 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10848 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10849 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10850 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10851 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10852 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10854 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10855 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10856 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10857 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10858 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10859 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10861 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10862 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10863 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10864 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10865 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10869 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */